1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
49 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
50 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
52 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
66 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
67 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
68 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
69 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
70 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
71 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
72 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
80 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
98 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
99 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
120 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
121 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
122 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
123 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
124 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
132 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
148 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
149 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
150 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
151 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
152 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
173 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
176 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
184 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
195 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
200 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
203 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
211 return h
& 0xffffffff;
214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
220 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
221 unsigned long h
= 5381;
224 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
225 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
226 return h
& 0xffffffff;
229 /* If ABFD does not already have an allocated tdata field then create
230 one, OBJECT_SIZE bytes is length, zeroed out and with the object_id
231 field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
233 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
* abfd
,
235 enum elf_object_id object_id
)
237 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
!= NULL
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
252 bfd_elf_make_generic_object (bfd
*abfd
)
254 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
259 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
261 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
262 return bfd_elf_make_generic_object (abfd
);
266 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
268 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
269 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
271 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
273 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
275 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
276 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
279 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
280 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
282 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
283 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
284 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
286 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
287 in case the string table is not terminated. */
288 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
289 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
290 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
292 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
294 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
295 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
299 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
300 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
302 return (char *) shstrtab
;
306 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
307 unsigned int shindex
,
308 unsigned int strindex
)
310 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
315 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
318 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
320 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
321 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
324 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
326 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
327 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
328 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
329 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
330 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
332 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
336 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
339 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
340 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
341 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
342 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
343 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
344 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
345 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
348 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
349 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
352 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
354 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
358 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
359 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
361 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
362 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
363 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
368 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
374 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
376 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
377 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
379 /* Read the symbols. */
381 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
382 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
383 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
384 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
385 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
386 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
388 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
389 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
391 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
392 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
393 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
399 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
403 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
404 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
405 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
407 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
408 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
409 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
411 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
412 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
413 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
420 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
422 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
423 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
427 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
428 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
429 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
431 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
432 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
434 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
435 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
436 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
437 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
443 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
445 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
446 free (alloc_extshndx
);
451 /* Look up a symbol name. */
453 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
454 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
455 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
459 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
460 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
462 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
463 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
464 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
465 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
467 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
468 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
471 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
474 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
475 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
480 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
481 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
484 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
485 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
487 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
489 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
490 signature just a string? */
493 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
495 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
496 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
497 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
498 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
500 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
501 that it is a symbol table section. */
502 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
503 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
504 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
507 /* Go read the symbol. */
508 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
509 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
510 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
513 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
516 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
519 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
521 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
523 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
524 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
527 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
529 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
530 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
531 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
534 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
535 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
536 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
537 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
538 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
540 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
542 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
544 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
550 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
551 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
555 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
556 so we can find them quickly. */
559 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
560 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
561 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
562 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
566 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
570 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
573 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
575 /* Add to list of sections. */
576 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
579 /* Read the raw contents. */
580 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
581 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
582 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
584 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
585 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
588 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
589 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
593 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
595 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
596 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
600 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
601 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
602 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
604 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
605 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
612 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
613 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
616 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
617 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
618 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
623 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
624 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
627 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
634 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
638 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
640 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
641 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
642 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
644 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
645 section is a member. */
647 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
651 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
652 other members to see if any others are linked via
654 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
655 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
657 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
658 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
662 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
663 insert current section in circular list. */
664 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
665 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
666 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
672 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
675 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
677 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
678 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
681 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
683 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
684 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
692 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
694 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
701 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
704 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
705 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
708 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
709 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
711 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
712 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
714 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
715 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
716 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
717 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
720 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
721 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
722 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
723 bed
->link_order_error_handler
724 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
731 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
734 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
735 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
736 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
739 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
740 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
741 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
745 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
750 /* Process section groups. */
751 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
754 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
756 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
757 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
758 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
761 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
762 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
763 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
764 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
765 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
766 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
767 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
768 relocation sections are in section group in input object
770 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
773 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
774 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
775 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
777 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
778 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
779 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
782 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
790 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
792 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
795 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
796 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
799 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
806 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
808 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
810 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
811 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
815 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
819 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
820 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
821 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
823 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
824 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
825 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
827 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
829 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
830 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
831 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
832 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
835 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
836 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
837 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
838 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
839 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
840 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
843 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
846 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
847 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
848 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
850 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
852 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
855 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
856 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
857 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
859 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
860 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
862 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
863 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
865 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
867 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
868 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
873 } debug_sections
[] =
875 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
876 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
877 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
878 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
879 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
880 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
881 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
882 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
883 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
884 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
885 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
886 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
887 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
888 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
889 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
890 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
895 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
897 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
898 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
899 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
900 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
901 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
905 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
906 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
907 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
908 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
909 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
910 all but one of the sections. */
911 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
912 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
913 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
915 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
916 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
917 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
920 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
923 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
924 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
925 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
926 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
930 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
934 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
, 0,
936 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1))
945 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
947 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
950 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
951 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
952 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
953 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
954 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
956 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
959 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
961 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
962 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
964 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
965 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
966 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
967 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
969 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
970 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
971 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
972 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
973 place special significance on the address 0 and
974 executables need to be able to have a segment which
975 covers this address. */
976 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
977 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
978 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
979 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
980 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
981 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
982 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
984 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
985 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
986 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
988 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
989 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
990 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
991 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
992 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
993 segment will contain sections with contiguous
994 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
995 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
996 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
998 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
999 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1000 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1001 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1002 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1003 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1004 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1016 bfd_elf_find_section
1019 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1022 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1023 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1024 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1025 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1026 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1029 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
1030 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
1032 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
1037 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
1038 if (i_shdrp
!= NULL
)
1040 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
1041 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
1042 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
1044 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1045 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
1046 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
1053 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1054 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1055 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1056 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1059 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1060 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1061 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1062 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1063 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1064 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1065 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1066 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1067 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1069 bfd_reloc_status_type
1070 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1071 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1073 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1074 asection
*input_section
,
1076 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1078 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1079 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1080 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1081 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1083 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1084 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1087 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1090 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1094 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1096 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1097 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1100 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1101 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1102 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1104 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1105 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1106 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1108 /* Copy object attributes. */
1109 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1115 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1120 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1121 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1122 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1123 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1124 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1125 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1126 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1127 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1128 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1129 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1130 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1131 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1136 /* Print out the program headers. */
1139 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1142 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1144 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1146 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1151 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1152 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1153 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1155 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1160 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1163 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1164 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1165 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1166 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1167 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1168 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1169 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1170 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1171 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1172 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1173 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1174 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1175 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1176 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1177 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1178 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1179 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1184 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1188 unsigned long shlink
;
1189 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1191 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1193 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1195 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1198 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1201 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1203 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1204 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1207 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1208 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1210 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1213 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1215 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1217 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1224 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1228 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1229 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1230 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1231 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1232 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1233 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1234 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1235 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1236 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1237 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1238 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1239 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1240 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1241 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1242 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1243 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1244 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1245 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1246 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1247 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1248 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1249 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1250 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1251 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1252 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1253 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1254 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1255 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1256 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1257 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1258 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1259 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1260 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1261 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1262 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1263 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1264 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1265 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1266 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1267 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1268 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1269 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1270 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1271 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1272 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1273 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1274 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1275 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1276 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1277 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1278 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1279 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1280 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1281 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1282 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1283 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1284 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1285 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1288 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1290 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1294 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1296 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1299 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1308 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1309 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1311 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1315 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1317 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1319 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1320 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1322 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1323 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1324 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1325 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1327 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1330 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1334 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1340 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1342 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1344 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1345 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1347 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1349 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1350 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1351 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1352 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1353 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1354 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1366 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1369 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1372 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1377 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1378 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1380 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1381 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1382 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1383 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1385 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1387 const char *section_name
;
1388 const char *name
= NULL
;
1389 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1390 unsigned char st_other
;
1393 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1395 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1396 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1397 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1401 name
= symbol
->name
;
1402 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1405 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1406 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1407 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1408 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1409 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1410 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1411 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1413 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1414 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1416 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1417 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1418 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1419 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1421 unsigned int vernum
;
1422 const char *version_string
;
1424 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1427 version_string
= "";
1428 else if (vernum
== 1)
1429 version_string
= "Base";
1430 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1432 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1435 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1437 version_string
= "";
1438 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1442 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1444 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1446 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1448 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1455 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1456 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1461 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1462 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1467 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1468 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1473 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1474 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1475 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1477 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1479 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1482 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1488 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1490 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1491 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1493 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1495 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1500 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1501 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1502 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1504 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1511 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1513 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1516 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1518 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1519 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1520 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1523 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1524 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1529 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1532 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1535 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1536 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1537 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1538 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1539 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1540 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1541 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1542 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1543 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1544 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1546 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1547 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1549 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1550 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1552 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1554 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1556 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1557 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1558 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1559 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1561 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1562 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1566 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1568 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1569 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1571 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1572 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1574 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1582 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1583 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1586 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1588 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1589 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1591 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1592 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1594 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1595 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1596 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1597 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1598 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1600 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1601 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1602 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1606 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1607 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1608 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1609 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1611 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1613 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1614 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1616 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1617 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1618 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1622 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1624 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1625 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1626 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1630 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1634 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1635 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1638 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1640 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1641 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1642 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1643 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1644 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1646 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1647 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1648 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1650 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1651 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1654 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1655 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1656 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1657 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1660 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1661 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1663 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1665 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1666 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1669 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1672 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1673 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1676 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1679 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1680 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1681 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1682 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1684 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1688 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1689 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1690 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1691 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1693 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1695 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1696 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1698 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1699 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1701 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1704 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1706 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1708 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1709 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1713 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1717 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1719 asection
*target_sect
;
1720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
1721 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1724 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1725 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1728 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1729 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
1730 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1732 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1733 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1734 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1735 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1739 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1740 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1741 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1742 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1743 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1744 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1745 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1746 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1747 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1753 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1755 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1756 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1767 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1770 /* Get the symbol table. */
1771 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1772 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1773 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1776 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1777 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1778 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1779 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1780 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1781 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1782 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1783 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1784 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
1785 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1786 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1787 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1788 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1791 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1793 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1794 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1797 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
1798 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
1799 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
1803 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
1804 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1805 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1808 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
1811 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1812 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1813 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1814 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1815 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1816 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1817 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1818 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1819 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
1820 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1824 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1825 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1826 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1827 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1829 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1830 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1832 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1833 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1834 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1836 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1837 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1838 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1839 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1845 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1846 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1848 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
))
1850 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
1853 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1855 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1857 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1858 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1861 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1862 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1863 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1865 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1867 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1871 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1872 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1873 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1875 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1883 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1884 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1885 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1887 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1889 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1893 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1894 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1897 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1899 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1900 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1901 for applications? */
1902 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1903 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1904 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1905 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1907 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1908 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1911 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1912 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1913 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1914 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1915 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1917 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1918 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1920 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1921 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1922 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1923 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1924 be rejected with an error message. */
1925 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1926 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1928 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1930 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1931 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1934 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1935 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1936 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1937 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1945 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1946 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1949 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
1950 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
1952 unsigned long r_symndx
)
1954 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
1957 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
1959 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1960 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
1961 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
1962 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
1964 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1965 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
1966 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
1969 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
1971 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
1974 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
1975 cache
->shndx
[ent
] = isym
.st_shndx
;
1978 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, cache
->shndx
[ent
]);
1985 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
1989 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
1991 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1993 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
1996 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
1998 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1999 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2002 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2004 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2005 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2008 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2010 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2011 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2012 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2013 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2015 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2016 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2017 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2018 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2020 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2023 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2025 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2026 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2027 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2030 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2032 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2033 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2035 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2036 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2037 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2038 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2039 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2040 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2043 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2045 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2046 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2049 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2051 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2052 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2053 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2054 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2057 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2059 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2060 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2063 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2065 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2066 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2067 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2070 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2072 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2073 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2074 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2077 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2079 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2083 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2086 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2091 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2092 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2093 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2094 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2097 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2099 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2102 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2105 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2107 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2108 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2109 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2111 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2112 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2113 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2114 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2117 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2119 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2121 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2123 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2124 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2125 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2128 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2129 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2130 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2136 len
= strlen (name
);
2138 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2141 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2143 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2145 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2148 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2149 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2151 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2153 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2155 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2156 && (suffix_len
== -2
2157 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2163 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2165 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2166 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2176 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2177 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2180 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2181 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2183 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2184 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2187 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2188 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2191 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2192 bed
->special_sections
,
2198 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2201 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2202 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2205 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2210 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2214 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2216 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2217 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2218 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2220 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2223 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2226 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2229 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2230 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2231 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2233 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2234 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2235 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2236 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2237 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2238 elf_fake_sections. */
2239 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2240 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2242 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2245 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2246 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2250 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2253 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2255 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2256 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2257 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2258 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2260 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2261 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2262 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2263 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2264 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2265 of combined data+bss.
2267 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2268 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2269 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2270 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2271 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2276 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2277 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2279 const char *typename
)
2287 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2288 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2289 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2291 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2293 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2294 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2295 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2298 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2299 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2300 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2302 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2303 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2304 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2305 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2306 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2307 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2308 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2310 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2311 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2312 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2314 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2316 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2319 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2321 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2325 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2329 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "b" : "");
2330 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2331 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2334 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2335 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2336 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2338 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2339 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2340 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2341 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2342 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2343 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2344 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2345 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2346 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2348 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2349 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2350 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2351 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2352 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2353 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2354 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2356 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2357 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2358 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2360 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2361 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2368 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2372 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2375 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2378 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2381 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2384 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2387 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2389 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2394 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2397 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2399 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2400 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2404 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2407 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2410 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2411 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2412 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2416 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2417 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2418 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2421 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2422 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2424 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2427 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2428 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2430 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2433 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2435 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2437 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2439 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2440 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2441 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2442 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2443 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2444 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2445 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2446 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2447 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2452 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2455 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2457 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2458 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2459 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2460 unsigned int sh_type
;
2464 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2469 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2471 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2472 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2473 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2479 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2481 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2482 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2483 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2485 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2487 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2488 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2489 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2490 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2491 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2492 copy_private_section_data. */
2494 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2495 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2497 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2499 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2500 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2501 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2502 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2503 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2504 sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2506 sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2508 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2509 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2510 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2511 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2512 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2514 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2515 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2516 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2517 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2518 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2519 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2520 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2523 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2529 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2530 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2531 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2538 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2542 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2546 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2550 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2551 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2555 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2556 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2559 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2560 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2563 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2564 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2565 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2566 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2568 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2569 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2571 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2572 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2575 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2576 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2577 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2578 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2580 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2581 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2583 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2584 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2588 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2592 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2596 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2597 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2598 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2599 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2600 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2601 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2602 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2604 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2605 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2606 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2607 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2609 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2610 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2611 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2613 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2614 if (asect
->size
== 0
2615 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2617 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2619 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2622 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2623 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2624 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2629 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2630 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2631 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2632 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2635 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2637 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2638 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2639 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2642 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2643 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2644 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2645 create the other. */
2646 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2647 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2648 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2654 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2657 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2659 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2660 unsigned long symindx
;
2661 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2665 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2667 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2672 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2673 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2677 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2678 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2679 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2680 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2682 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2684 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2686 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2688 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2691 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2693 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2694 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2695 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2702 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2704 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2705 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2706 start of the input section group. */
2707 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2709 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2710 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2711 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2712 directives, not that it matters. */
2721 s
= s
->output_section
;
2724 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2725 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2726 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2731 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2734 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2737 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2738 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2739 in here too, while we're at it. */
2742 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2744 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2746 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2747 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2748 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2752 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2754 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2755 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2757 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2758 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2760 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2762 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2764 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2766 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2767 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2768 abfd
->section_count
--;
2772 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2773 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2774 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2780 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2782 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2784 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2786 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2787 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2788 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2790 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2791 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
2795 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2796 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2797 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
2798 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
2803 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2804 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2805 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
2806 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
2812 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2813 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2814 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
2815 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2816 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
2818 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
2820 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2821 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2822 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
2823 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2824 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
2826 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2827 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2828 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
2829 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
2830 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2831 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
2832 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2835 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2836 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2837 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
2838 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2841 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2842 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2844 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
2845 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
2846 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
2847 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2849 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2851 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
2852 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
2855 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
2856 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
2858 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
2862 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
2864 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
2865 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
2867 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
2868 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
2870 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
2871 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
2873 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
2874 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
2877 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2879 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2883 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
2884 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
2885 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
2886 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
2887 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
2889 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2891 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2892 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2893 the relocation entries apply. */
2894 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
2896 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
2897 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
2899 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
2901 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
2902 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
2905 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2906 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
2908 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
2911 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2912 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
2914 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2915 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
2918 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2919 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2920 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
2922 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2923 size as the discarded one. */
2924 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
2927 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2933 s
= s
->output_section
;
2934 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
2938 /* Handle objcopy. */
2939 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
2941 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2942 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2943 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
2944 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2947 s
= s
->output_section
;
2949 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2954 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2955 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2956 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2958 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2959 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2960 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
2961 bed
->link_order_error_handler
2962 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2967 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
2971 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2972 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2973 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2974 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2975 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2976 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2977 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
2979 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2981 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2983 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
2987 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
2989 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2993 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
2994 string section. We look for a section with the same name
2995 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
2996 field to point to this section. */
2997 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
2998 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3003 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3004 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3007 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3008 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3009 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3013 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3015 /* This is a .stab section. */
3016 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3017 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3018 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3025 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3026 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3027 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3028 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3030 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3032 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3035 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3036 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3037 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3038 the version strings. */
3039 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3040 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3042 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3047 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3048 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3049 this hash table or version table is for. */
3050 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3052 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3056 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3060 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3061 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3062 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3064 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3065 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3069 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3070 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3073 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3075 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3076 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3077 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3078 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3080 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3081 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3082 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3085 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3086 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3087 special sections. */
3090 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3092 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3094 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3095 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3096 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3100 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3102 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3103 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3104 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3105 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3106 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3107 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3108 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3115 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3119 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3121 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3122 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3126 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3127 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3129 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3130 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3132 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3133 decided to output. */
3134 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3136 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3138 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3139 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3141 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3143 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3144 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3146 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3150 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3151 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3153 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3155 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3161 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3162 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3163 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3164 at least in that case. */
3165 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3167 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3169 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3176 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3177 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3179 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3182 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3184 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3187 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3189 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3192 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3194 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3196 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3198 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3200 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3203 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3204 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3207 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3209 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3213 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3215 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3216 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3220 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3221 ELF data structure. */
3223 static inline file_ptr
3224 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3226 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3229 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3230 required section alignment. */
3233 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3241 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3243 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3245 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3246 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3247 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3248 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3249 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3253 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3254 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3255 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3258 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3259 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3263 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3264 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3266 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3269 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3270 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3271 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3273 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3276 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3277 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3278 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3281 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3285 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3288 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3289 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3291 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3292 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3294 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3298 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3300 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3305 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3306 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3307 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3308 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3309 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3310 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3311 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3312 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3313 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3314 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3315 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3317 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3320 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3325 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3327 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3328 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3330 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3331 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3332 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3334 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3335 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3337 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3339 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3341 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3342 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3344 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3347 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3352 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3353 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3355 static bfd_size_type
3356 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3360 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3362 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3363 and one for data. */
3366 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3367 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3369 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3370 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3371 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3376 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3378 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3384 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3388 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3390 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3394 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3396 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3400 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3402 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3403 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3405 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3407 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3408 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3409 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3410 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3411 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3412 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3414 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3415 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3416 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3417 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3418 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3423 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3425 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3427 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3433 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3434 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3435 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3439 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3445 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3448 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3451 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3453 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3454 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3456 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
,
3457 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3463 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3464 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3471 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3473 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3474 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3475 asection
**sections
,
3480 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3485 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3486 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3487 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3491 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3492 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3493 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3494 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3496 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3498 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3499 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3500 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3506 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3509 struct elf_segment_map
*
3510 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3512 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3514 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3518 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3520 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3525 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3528 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3529 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3530 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3532 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3533 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3535 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3536 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3537 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3538 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3540 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3543 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3545 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3547 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3548 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3549 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3551 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3555 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3557 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3563 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3564 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3566 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3573 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3576 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3579 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3580 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3581 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3582 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3584 no_user_phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
;
3585 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3589 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3590 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3593 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3594 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3596 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3597 bfd_boolean writable
;
3599 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3600 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3603 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3605 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3606 if (sections
== NULL
)
3610 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3612 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3618 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3621 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3623 /* Build the mapping. */
3628 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3629 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3631 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3632 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3634 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3635 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3639 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3640 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3641 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3642 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3643 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3648 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3649 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3653 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3661 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3662 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3663 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3667 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3669 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3671 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3674 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3675 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3676 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3677 program headers we will need. */
3680 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3682 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3683 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3684 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3685 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3686 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3687 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3690 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3693 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3697 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3700 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3702 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3703 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3704 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3706 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3708 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3709 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3713 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3714 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3716 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3717 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3720 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3721 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3723 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3724 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3725 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3728 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3730 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3731 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3732 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3733 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3736 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3737 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3738 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3739 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3741 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3742 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3743 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3744 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3745 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3746 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3747 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3752 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3753 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3756 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3757 if (last_hdr
&& info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
)
3758 new_segment
= info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
, last_hdr
, new_segment
);
3762 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3765 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3766 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3767 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3768 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3774 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3775 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3777 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3784 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3790 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3791 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3792 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3796 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3799 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3800 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
3802 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3810 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3813 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
3820 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3821 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3822 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3823 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3824 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3826 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3828 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3829 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3833 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3834 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3835 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
3837 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3838 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3839 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
3840 && align_power (s2
->vma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
3846 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3847 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3851 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
3855 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
3856 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
3859 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
3860 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
3864 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3872 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3877 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3878 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3879 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3884 m
->count
= tls_count
;
3885 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3887 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3888 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
3890 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
3891 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
3892 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
3899 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3901 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
3902 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
3903 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3905 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3906 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3910 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
3912 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
3918 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3920 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3921 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3925 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
3926 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
3927 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3935 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
3937 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3939 asection
*last
= m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1];
3940 bfd_vma vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
3941 bfd_vma filesz
= last
->vma
- vaddr
+ last
->size
;
3943 if (vaddr
< info
->relro_end
3944 && vaddr
>= info
->relro_start
3945 && (vaddr
+ filesz
) >= info
->relro_end
)
3950 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
3953 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3954 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3958 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
3960 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3968 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
3971 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
3974 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
3976 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3981 if (sections
!= NULL
)
3986 /* Sort sections by address. */
3989 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3991 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
3992 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
3993 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
3995 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3996 place the section into a segment. */
3997 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
3999 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4002 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4003 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4004 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4006 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4009 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4011 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4017 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4018 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4019 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4020 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4025 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4030 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4031 before others at the same address. */
4033 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4034 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4041 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4044 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4046 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4047 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4048 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4049 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4050 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4053 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4054 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4056 /* In other words, something like:
4058 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4059 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4060 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4061 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4063 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4065 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4068 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4070 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4074 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4077 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4082 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4083 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4084 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4085 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4086 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4087 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4089 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4090 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4093 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4094 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4095 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4099 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4100 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4104 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4105 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4107 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4108 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4109 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4110 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4112 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4116 if (link_info
== NULL
4117 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
, FALSE
))
4121 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4124 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4125 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4126 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4128 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4129 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4131 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4132 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4136 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4140 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4141 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4146 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4147 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4149 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4150 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4152 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4154 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4158 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4160 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4161 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4162 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4163 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4164 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4166 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4167 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4168 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4171 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4172 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4173 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4174 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4175 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4176 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4177 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4182 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4184 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4185 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4186 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4189 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4191 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4192 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4194 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4195 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4196 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4197 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4198 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4199 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4200 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4202 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4203 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4205 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4207 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4208 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4209 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4210 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4214 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4216 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4219 bfd_size_type align
;
4220 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4222 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4226 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4228 unsigned int secalign
;
4230 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4231 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4232 align_power
= secalign
;
4234 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4235 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4236 align
= maxpagesize
;
4239 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4240 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4241 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4242 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4243 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4244 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4246 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4247 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4248 holds for any other sections. */
4250 while (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) == SHT_NOBITS
)
4252 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4253 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4254 has any loadable sections. */
4255 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[i
]) & SHF_TLS
) == 0
4263 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4267 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4268 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4269 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4270 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4271 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4272 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4273 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4274 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4279 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4280 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4281 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4283 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4286 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4288 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4296 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4298 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4300 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4301 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4304 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4306 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4308 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4309 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4316 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4321 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4323 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4326 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4328 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4332 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4333 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4334 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4335 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4339 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4340 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4343 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4344 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4346 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4352 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4354 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4355 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4359 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4360 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4361 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4362 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4363 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4364 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4367 bfd_size_type align
;
4368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4371 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4372 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4374 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4375 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4377 bfd_signed_vma adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_memsz
);
4379 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4380 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4381 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4382 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)))
4386 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4387 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4388 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4391 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4393 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4396 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4401 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4403 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4407 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4408 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4409 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4415 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4424 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4426 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4427 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4428 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4431 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4433 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4434 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4435 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4436 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4437 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4438 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4440 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4442 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4443 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4445 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4447 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4448 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4451 if (align
> p
->p_align
4452 && !m
->p_align_valid
4453 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4454 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4458 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4461 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4463 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4469 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4470 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4471 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4472 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4474 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4478 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4479 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
4480 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, p
))
4482 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4483 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4485 print_segment_map (m
);
4486 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4492 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4496 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4499 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4500 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4502 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4503 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4504 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4505 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4506 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4507 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4508 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4509 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4511 unsigned int num_sec
;
4515 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4516 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4517 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4518 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4520 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4521 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4524 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4525 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4526 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4527 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4528 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4529 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4531 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4532 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4533 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4535 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4537 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4538 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4539 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4540 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4543 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4545 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4548 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4549 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4550 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4551 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4552 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4553 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4555 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4557 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4559 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4560 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4564 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4565 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4569 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4571 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4572 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4577 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4580 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4582 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4583 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4585 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4587 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4588 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4589 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4591 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4592 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4597 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4603 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4604 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
4605 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4607 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4610 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4612 sect
= m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1];
4613 hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
4614 p
->p_filesz
= sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4615 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4616 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4618 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4620 /* When we get here, we are copying executable
4621 or shared library. But we need to use the same
4623 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4625 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4627 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4628 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
4632 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
4634 /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it
4635 may contain the first few bytes of the next
4636 SEC_ALLOC section. */
4637 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
4638 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
4641 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4642 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4643 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4650 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4655 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4657 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4658 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4659 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4661 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4663 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4664 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4665 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4667 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4669 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4671 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4673 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4674 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4675 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4676 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4677 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4681 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4682 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4684 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4685 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4686 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4687 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4688 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4690 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4694 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4695 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4701 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4706 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4707 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4708 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4710 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4711 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4712 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4713 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4714 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4715 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4716 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4718 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4721 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4722 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4724 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4725 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4727 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4729 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4730 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4732 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4733 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4734 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4737 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4738 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4740 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4741 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4742 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4743 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4745 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4748 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4749 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4750 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4751 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4752 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4754 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4757 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4759 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4761 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4762 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4770 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4771 assignment of sections to segments. */
4772 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4775 /* And for non-load sections. */
4776 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4779 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4781 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4785 /* Write out the program headers. */
4786 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4787 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4788 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4791 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4794 /* Place the section headers. */
4795 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4796 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4797 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4799 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4805 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4807 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4808 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4809 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4810 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4811 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4813 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4814 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4816 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4817 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4820 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4822 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4823 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4824 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4825 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4827 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4828 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4829 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4830 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4832 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4833 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4834 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4835 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4836 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4837 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4839 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4841 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4843 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4844 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4847 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4848 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4849 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4850 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4851 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4852 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4853 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4854 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4856 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4859 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4860 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4862 /* No program header, for now. */
4863 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4864 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4865 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4867 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4868 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4869 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4871 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4872 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4873 /* It all happens later. */
4877 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4879 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4882 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4883 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4884 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4885 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4886 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4887 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4888 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4889 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4890 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4896 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4897 of the loadable file image. */
4900 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4903 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4906 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4908 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4909 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4911 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
4914 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4915 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
4916 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
4919 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4923 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
4925 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4926 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
4927 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
4929 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
4931 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
4932 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
4935 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4936 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4939 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
4943 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
4945 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4946 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4947 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
4949 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
4950 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
4951 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
4953 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
4955 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4956 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4959 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4960 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4963 /* Write out the section header names. */
4964 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
4965 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4966 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
4969 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
4970 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
4971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
4973 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
4976 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4977 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
)
4978 return (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
4984 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
4986 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4987 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
4990 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4993 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
4995 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4998 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
4999 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5000 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5002 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5004 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5006 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5011 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5012 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5016 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5021 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5026 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5030 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5032 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5034 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5036 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5037 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5038 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5039 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5040 input sections rather than the output section. */
5041 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5042 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5043 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5048 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5049 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5050 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5051 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5052 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5053 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5054 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5057 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5061 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5062 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5063 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5064 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5065 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5066 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5073 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5074 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5075 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5083 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5086 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5088 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5089 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5090 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5091 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5092 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5095 unsigned int num_segments
;
5096 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5097 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5098 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5099 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5100 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5102 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5103 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5106 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5108 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5109 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5111 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5112 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5113 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5114 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5116 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5117 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5118 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5119 ? section->size : 0)
5121 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5122 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5123 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5124 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5125 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5126 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5128 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5129 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5130 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5131 (section->lma >= base \
5132 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5133 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5135 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5136 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5137 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5138 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5139 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5140 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5141 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5143 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5145 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5147 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5151 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5152 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5153 p_memsz set to 0. */
5154 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5156 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5157 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5158 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5159 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5161 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5162 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5163 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5165 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5166 A section will be included if:
5167 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5168 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5169 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5171 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5172 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5173 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5174 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5175 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5176 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5177 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5178 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5179 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5180 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5181 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5182 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5183 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5184 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5185 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5186 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5187 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5188 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5189 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5190 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5191 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5192 || (segment->p_paddr \
5193 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5194 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5195 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5197 && !section->segment_mark)
5199 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5200 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5201 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5202 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5203 && section->output_section != NULL)
5205 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5206 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5207 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5209 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5210 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5211 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5212 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5213 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5215 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5216 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5217 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5218 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5219 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5221 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5222 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5223 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5225 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5226 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5227 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5228 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5229 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5234 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5236 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5237 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5238 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5240 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5241 assignment code will work. */
5242 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5246 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5248 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5249 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5250 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5254 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5255 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5257 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5259 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5260 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5263 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5264 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5266 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5268 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5269 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5271 if (extra_length
> 0)
5273 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5274 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5277 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5279 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5281 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5286 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5288 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5289 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5291 if (extra_length
> 0)
5293 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5294 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5297 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5302 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5303 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5307 unsigned int section_count
;
5308 asection
**sections
;
5309 asection
*output_section
;
5311 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5312 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5315 asection
*first_section
;
5316 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5317 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5319 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5322 first_section
= NULL
;
5323 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5324 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5326 section
= section
->next
)
5328 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5329 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5330 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5332 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5333 first_section
= section
;
5334 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5339 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5340 all of the sections we have selected. */
5341 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5342 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5343 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5347 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5348 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5350 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5351 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5352 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5354 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5355 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5357 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5359 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5360 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5363 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5364 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5365 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5366 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5367 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5369 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5371 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5372 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5373 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5374 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5375 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5377 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5378 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5381 if (section_count
== 0)
5383 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5384 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5385 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5386 a warning is produced. */
5387 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5388 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5389 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5393 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5394 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5399 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5400 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5401 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5402 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5404 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5405 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5408 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5409 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5410 of the first section.
5412 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5413 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5414 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5415 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5416 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5418 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5419 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5420 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5421 or segments to contain the other sections.
5423 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5424 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5425 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5427 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5428 to work around this long long bug. */
5429 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5430 if (sections
== NULL
)
5433 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5434 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5435 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5436 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5437 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5442 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5443 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5445 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5447 section
= section
->next
)
5448 if (section
== first_section
)
5451 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5453 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5455 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5457 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5459 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5460 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5461 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5462 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5463 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5464 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5465 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5467 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5468 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5469 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5472 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5474 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5476 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5478 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5479 LMA address of the output section. */
5480 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5481 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5482 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5483 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5485 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5487 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5488 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5491 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5492 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5494 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5496 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5498 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5499 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5502 if (j
== section_count
)
5507 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5509 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5511 if (isec
== section_count
)
5513 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5514 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5515 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5516 program header in the input BFD. */
5517 map
->count
= section_count
;
5518 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5519 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5521 if (!bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5522 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5523 && !map
->includes_filehdr
&& !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5524 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5525 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5527 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5534 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5536 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5537 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5538 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5539 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5543 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5544 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5545 the LMA of the first section. */
5546 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5549 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5550 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5551 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5552 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5554 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5556 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5558 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5559 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5560 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5561 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5562 offset when we know the correct value. */
5563 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5564 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5568 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5569 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5570 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5571 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5572 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5573 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5580 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5582 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5583 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5585 section
= sections
[j
];
5587 if (section
== NULL
)
5590 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5592 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5594 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5595 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5597 if (map
->count
== 0)
5599 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5600 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5602 if (output_section
->lma
5604 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5605 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5606 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5614 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5616 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5617 and the start of this section is more than
5618 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5619 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5621 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5622 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
5623 > output_section
->lma
))
5625 if (first_suggested_lma
)
5627 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5628 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5635 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5638 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5640 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5642 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5643 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5647 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5649 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5650 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5651 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5653 if (isec
< section_count
)
5655 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5656 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5657 and carry on looping. */
5658 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5659 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5660 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5667 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5668 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5669 not yet been assigned. */
5671 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5672 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5673 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5674 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5675 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5676 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5677 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5680 while (isec
< section_count
);
5685 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5686 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5687 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5688 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5689 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5690 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5693 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5694 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5696 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5698 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5699 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5700 the offset if necessary. */
5701 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5705 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5708 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5709 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5710 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5715 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5716 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5718 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5719 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5720 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5721 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5722 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5723 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5727 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5730 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5732 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5733 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5734 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5735 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5736 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5738 unsigned int num_segments
;
5739 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5741 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5744 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5746 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5747 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5752 unsigned int section_count
;
5754 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5755 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
5756 asection
*lowest_section
= NULL
;
5758 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5759 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5761 section
= section
->next
)
5763 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5764 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5767 first_section
= lowest_section
= section
;
5768 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
5769 lowest_section
= section
;
5774 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5775 all of the sections we have selected. */
5776 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5777 if (section_count
!= 0)
5778 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5779 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5783 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5786 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5787 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5788 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5789 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5790 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5791 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5792 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5793 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
5795 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
5796 && segment
->p_filesz
== segment
->p_memsz
)
5798 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
5799 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
5800 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
5801 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5802 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_filesz
;
5803 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5806 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5807 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5808 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5809 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5811 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5812 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5814 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5815 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5816 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5817 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5818 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5820 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5821 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5824 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
&& !map
->includes_filehdr
)
5825 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5826 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
5827 - segment
->p_paddr
);
5829 if (section_count
!= 0)
5831 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5833 for (section
= first_section
;
5835 section
= section
->next
)
5837 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5838 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5840 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5841 if (isec
== section_count
)
5847 map
->count
= section_count
;
5848 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5849 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5852 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5856 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5860 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5862 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5863 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5866 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5869 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5871 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5872 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5873 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5874 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5875 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5876 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5877 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5879 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5881 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
5882 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5885 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5886 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5887 section
= section
->next
)
5888 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5890 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5891 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5895 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5896 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5897 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5898 map in this case. */
5899 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5900 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
5901 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
5904 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5905 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5907 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5908 from the input BFD. */
5909 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5911 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5913 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5914 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5915 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5917 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5918 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5920 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5921 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5922 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5923 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5924 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5925 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5931 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5933 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5934 section
= section
->next
)
5936 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5939 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5942 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5946 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5949 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5952 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5956 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5959 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5960 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5962 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5963 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5966 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5967 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5968 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5970 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
5971 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
|| !osec
->flags
))
5972 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5974 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
5975 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
5976 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
5978 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5979 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5980 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5981 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5984 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5985 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5987 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5988 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5989 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5990 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5994 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5996 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5997 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5998 may be NULL at this point. */
5999 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6001 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6002 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6003 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6006 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6011 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6012 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6015 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6022 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6023 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6026 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6027 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6029 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6031 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6032 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6033 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6034 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6035 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6037 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6041 /* Copy private header information. */
6044 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6048 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6049 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6052 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6053 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6054 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6055 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6056 already been worked out. */
6057 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6059 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6063 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6064 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6065 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6066 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
6067 && isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6069 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6070 asection
*s
= first
;
6073 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6075 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6076 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6078 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6087 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6088 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6089 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6090 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6091 swap_out_syms function. */
6093 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6094 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6095 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6096 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6097 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6100 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6105 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6107 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6108 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6111 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6112 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6115 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6117 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6121 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6122 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6123 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6124 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6125 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6126 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6128 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6129 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6130 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6131 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6132 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6138 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6141 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6142 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6145 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6148 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6149 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6150 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6151 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6152 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6153 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6156 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6158 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6161 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6162 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6166 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6167 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6168 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6169 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6170 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6171 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6172 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6173 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6175 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6176 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6178 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6179 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6181 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6184 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6186 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6187 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6188 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6190 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6191 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6192 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6193 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6195 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6199 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6200 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6201 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6202 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6203 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6206 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6208 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6209 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6215 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6216 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6217 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6218 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6219 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6223 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6224 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6226 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6227 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6229 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6230 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6231 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6232 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6235 if (!name_local_sections
6236 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6238 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6243 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6246 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6248 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6253 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6255 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6256 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6258 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6259 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6260 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6261 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6262 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6263 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6264 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6266 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6267 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6268 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6272 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6275 if (sec
->output_section
)
6277 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6278 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6281 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6282 if (! relocatable_p
)
6284 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6285 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6287 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6289 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6291 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6292 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6293 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6294 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6298 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6301 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6304 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6307 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6310 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6318 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6324 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6325 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6326 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6327 demand of applications. For example, it
6328 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6329 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6330 actually in the output file. */
6331 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6334 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6335 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6336 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6338 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6339 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6343 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6344 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6348 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6351 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6353 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6355 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6357 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6359 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6364 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6367 /* Processor-specific types. */
6368 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6369 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6370 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6371 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6373 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6375 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6376 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6378 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6380 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6381 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
,
6382 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6383 type
== STT_OBJECT
? STT_COMMON
:
6386 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6387 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6391 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6392 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6395 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6397 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6399 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6401 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6404 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6407 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6408 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6412 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6413 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6414 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6415 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6419 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6420 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6422 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6423 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6424 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6425 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6426 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6427 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6432 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6434 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6435 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6436 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6439 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6443 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6445 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6446 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6448 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6454 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6458 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6460 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6462 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6466 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6467 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6469 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6475 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6478 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6481 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6484 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6491 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6493 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6496 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6497 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6498 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6502 return section
->reloc_count
;
6506 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6508 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6509 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6512 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6517 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6518 asymbol
**allocation
)
6520 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6521 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6524 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6528 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6529 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6530 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6531 dynamic reloc section. */
6534 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6539 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6541 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6545 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6546 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6547 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6548 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6549 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6550 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6551 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6552 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6557 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6558 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6559 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6560 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6561 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6562 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6563 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6566 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6570 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6574 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6576 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6580 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6582 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6584 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6585 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6586 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6587 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6592 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6594 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6596 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6607 /* Read in the version information. */
6610 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6612 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6613 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6615 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6617 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6618 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6619 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6621 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6623 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6625 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6626 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6627 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6632 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6633 if (contents
== NULL
)
6635 error_return_verref
:
6636 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6637 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6640 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6641 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6642 goto error_return_verref
;
6644 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6645 goto error_return_verref
;
6647 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6648 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6649 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6650 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6651 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6652 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6654 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6655 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6658 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6660 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6662 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6663 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6665 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6666 goto error_return_verref
;
6668 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6669 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6672 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6673 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6674 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6675 goto error_return_verref
;
6678 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6679 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6680 goto error_return_verref
;
6682 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6683 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6684 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6685 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6687 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6689 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6690 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6691 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6692 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6693 goto error_return_verref
;
6695 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6696 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6698 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6700 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6701 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6702 goto error_return_verref
;
6704 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6705 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6707 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6708 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6711 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6712 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6714 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6716 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6717 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6718 goto error_return_verref
;
6720 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6721 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6728 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6730 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6731 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6732 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6733 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6734 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6736 unsigned int maxidx
;
6737 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6739 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6741 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6742 if (contents
== NULL
)
6744 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6745 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6748 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6751 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6752 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6753 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6754 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6755 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6756 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6758 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6759 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6761 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6763 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6765 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6767 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6768 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6770 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6771 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6774 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6775 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6778 if (default_imported_symver
)
6780 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6785 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6786 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6787 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6790 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6792 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6793 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6794 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6796 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6797 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6800 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6802 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6804 error_return_verdef
:
6805 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6806 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6810 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6811 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6813 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6815 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6816 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6819 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6820 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6821 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6822 goto error_return_verdef
;
6826 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6827 goto error_return_verdef
;
6829 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6830 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6831 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6832 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6834 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6836 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6837 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6838 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6839 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6840 goto error_return_verdef
;
6842 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6843 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6845 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6847 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6848 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6849 goto error_return_verdef
;
6851 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6852 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6855 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6856 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6858 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6859 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6861 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6863 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6864 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6870 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6877 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6878 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6879 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6882 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6885 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6886 if (default_imported_symver
)
6888 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6889 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6891 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6893 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6894 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6895 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6896 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6898 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6900 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6901 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6902 goto error_return_verdef
;
6903 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6904 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6905 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6906 goto error_return_verdef
;
6908 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6909 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6910 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6916 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6922 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6924 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6925 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6927 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6932 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6933 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6938 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6942 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6945 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6946 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6950 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6953 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6954 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6957 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6958 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6959 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6962 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6963 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6964 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6965 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6966 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6967 we treat such symbols as local. */
6968 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6975 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6976 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6983 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6984 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6985 unsigned long machine
)
6987 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6988 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6989 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6990 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6991 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6994 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6997 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6998 for error reporting. */
7001 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7005 const char **filename_ptr
,
7006 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7008 const char *filename
;
7009 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
7012 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7013 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7014 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7015 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7016 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7017 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7018 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7019 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7020 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7026 state
= nothing_seen
;
7028 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7032 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
7034 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
7040 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7041 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7045 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
7046 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
7047 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
7049 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
7050 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
7053 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
7054 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7055 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7059 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7060 state
= symbol_seen
;
7067 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7068 if (functionname_ptr
)
7069 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7074 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7075 for error reporting. */
7078 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7082 const char **filename_ptr
,
7083 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7084 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7088 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7089 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7092 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7093 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7094 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7100 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7101 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7103 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7105 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7106 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7107 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7113 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7114 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7115 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7116 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7118 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7121 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7124 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7125 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7132 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7135 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7136 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7138 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7139 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7140 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7143 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7144 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7145 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7146 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7147 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7150 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7151 const char **filename_ptr
,
7152 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7153 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7156 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7157 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7158 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7163 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7165 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7166 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7168 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7170 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7172 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7174 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7177 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7178 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7181 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7184 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7192 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7194 const void *location
,
7196 bfd_size_type count
)
7198 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7201 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7202 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7205 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7206 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7207 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7208 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7215 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7216 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7217 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7222 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7225 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7227 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7229 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7231 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7232 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7234 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7235 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7237 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7239 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7242 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7245 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7248 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7251 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7254 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7257 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7263 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7265 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7267 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7268 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7270 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7275 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7281 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7284 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7287 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7290 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7293 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7299 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7303 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7311 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7312 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7313 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7314 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7319 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7321 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7323 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7324 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7325 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7328 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7331 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7332 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7333 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7336 bfd_reloc_status_type
7337 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7338 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7339 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7340 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7341 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7343 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7346 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7347 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7348 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7349 out details about the corefile. */
7351 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7352 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7355 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7358 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7360 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7361 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7364 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7365 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7366 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7370 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7374 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7377 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7381 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7382 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7383 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7387 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7388 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7389 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7390 such a section already exists.
7391 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7392 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7393 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7395 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7401 char *threaded_name
;
7405 /* Build the section name. */
7407 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7408 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7409 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7410 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7412 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7414 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7419 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7420 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7422 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7425 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7427 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7431 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7434 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7439 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7443 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7444 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7445 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7447 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7448 has already been set by another thread. */
7449 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7450 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7451 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7453 /* pr_who exists on:
7456 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7459 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7460 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7463 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7464 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7466 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7467 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7469 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7470 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7471 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7473 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7474 has already been set by another thread. */
7475 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7476 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7477 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7479 /* pr_who exists on:
7482 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7485 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7486 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7489 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7492 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7493 note size (ie. data object type). */
7497 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7498 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7499 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7501 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7503 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7505 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7507 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7509 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7510 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7513 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7514 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7515 data structure apart. */
7518 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7520 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7523 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7524 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7528 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7530 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7534 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7536 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
7540 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7541 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7542 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7543 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7547 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7548 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7549 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7550 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7554 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7555 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7556 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7559 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7562 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7570 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7574 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7580 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7582 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7584 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7586 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7588 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7591 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7592 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7594 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7595 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7596 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7598 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7599 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7601 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7602 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7604 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7606 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7607 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7608 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7610 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7611 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7612 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7618 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7619 note size (ie. data object type). */
7623 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7624 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7625 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7628 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7629 int n
= strlen (command
);
7631 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7632 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7637 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7639 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7641 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7643 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7644 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7645 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7651 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7653 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7655 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7656 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7658 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7661 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7663 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7666 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7667 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7668 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7672 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7674 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7676 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7678 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7684 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7685 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7686 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7691 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7693 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7694 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7696 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7698 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7699 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7700 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7703 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7705 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7709 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7710 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7711 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7712 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7715 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7716 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7717 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7720 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7722 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7725 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7727 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7728 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7729 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7732 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7734 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7738 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7739 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7740 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7741 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7744 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7745 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7746 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7749 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7751 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7753 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7756 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7763 int is_active_thread
;
7766 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
7769 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
7772 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
7776 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
7777 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7778 /* process_info.pid */
7779 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
7780 /* process_info.signal */
7781 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
7784 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
7785 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7786 /* thread_info.tid */
7787 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
7789 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7790 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7794 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7796 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7800 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7802 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7803 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
7804 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7806 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
7807 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
7809 if (is_active_thread
)
7810 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7814 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
7815 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7816 /* module_info.base_address */
7817 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
7818 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (long) base_addr
);
7820 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7821 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7825 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7827 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7832 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7833 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7834 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7845 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7847 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7855 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7856 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7858 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7859 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7864 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7866 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7869 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7871 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7874 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7875 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7877 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7878 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7880 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7881 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7882 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7883 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7888 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7889 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7890 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
7896 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7897 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7899 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7900 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7907 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7912 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7913 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7914 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7922 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7924 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id_size
= note
->descsz
;
7925 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, note
->descsz
);
7926 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
== NULL
)
7929 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
7935 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7942 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
7943 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
7948 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7952 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7955 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7962 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7964 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7966 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7968 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7969 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7970 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7972 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7974 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7976 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7981 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7985 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7986 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7988 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7990 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7991 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7992 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7993 creates a core file. */
7995 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7998 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7999 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8000 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8003 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8007 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8009 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8010 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8012 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8013 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8016 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8017 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8019 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8020 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8026 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8027 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8032 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8033 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8035 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8036 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8046 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8048 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8055 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8056 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8058 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8059 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8061 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8062 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8064 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8065 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8067 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8068 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8071 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8072 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8073 thread just in case. */
8074 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8077 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8078 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8080 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8085 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8089 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8090 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8091 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8093 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8097 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8098 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8106 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8107 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8109 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8114 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8118 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8119 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8120 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8122 /* This is the current thread. */
8123 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8124 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8129 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8130 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8131 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8132 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8135 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8137 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8138 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8140 static long tid
= 1;
8144 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8145 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8146 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8147 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8148 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8149 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8150 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8151 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8158 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8164 /* Use note name as section name. */
8166 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8169 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
8170 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
8172 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8176 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8177 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8178 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
8183 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8186 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8190 size of data for note
8192 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8193 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8194 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8195 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8198 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8201 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8209 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8216 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8218 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8220 buf
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8223 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8224 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8225 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8226 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8227 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8228 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8232 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8240 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8250 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8252 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8258 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8259 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8261 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8264 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8265 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
8270 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8271 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8273 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8275 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8278 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8281 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8282 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8283 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8284 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8285 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8290 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8292 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8295 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8298 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8299 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8300 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8301 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8302 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8305 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8307 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8309 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8316 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8317 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8319 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8322 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8324 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
8329 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8330 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8332 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8334 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8335 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8336 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8337 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8338 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8339 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8346 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8347 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8348 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8349 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8350 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8351 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8354 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8356 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8358 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8365 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8366 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8368 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8369 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8370 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8371 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8372 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8373 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8375 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8376 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8378 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8379 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8382 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8383 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8385 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8387 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8389 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8393 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8394 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8396 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8397 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8400 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8404 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8405 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8406 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8407 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8415 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8416 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8417 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8418 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8422 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8425 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8431 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8432 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8433 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8437 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8440 const void *xfpregs
,
8443 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8444 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8445 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8449 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
8452 const void *ppc_vmx
,
8455 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8456 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8457 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
8461 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
8466 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8468 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8469 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8470 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8472 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8474 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8475 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8477 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8478 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8479 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8481 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
8487 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8489 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8492 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
8494 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8497 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
8499 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
8504 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8510 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
8512 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
8518 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8525 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8532 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8535 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8539 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
8540 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
8550 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8552 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8553 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8554 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8557 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8559 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8561 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8565 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8568 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8569 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8570 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8571 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8573 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8574 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8577 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8581 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8583 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8587 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8588 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8589 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8594 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8595 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8597 return reloc_class_normal
;
8600 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8601 relocation against a local symbol. */
8604 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8605 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8607 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8609 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8612 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8613 + sec
->output_offset
8615 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8616 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8617 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8620 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8621 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8622 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8625 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8626 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8627 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8628 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8629 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8630 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8631 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8634 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8635 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8641 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8642 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8646 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8648 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8649 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8651 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8652 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8653 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8657 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8658 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8662 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8664 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8665 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8667 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8668 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8674 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8675 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8676 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8677 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8678 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8679 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8681 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8682 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8683 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8684 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8685 the remote memory. */
8688 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8692 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8694 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8695 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8699 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8700 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8701 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8706 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8709 const char *relplt_name
;
8710 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8714 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8720 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8723 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8726 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8729 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8730 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8731 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8732 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8736 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8737 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8738 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8741 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8745 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8746 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8749 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8750 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8751 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8752 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
8753 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8755 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8759 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8760 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8762 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
8767 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8768 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8771 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8772 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8773 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8774 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8775 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8777 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8780 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8781 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8783 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8784 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8791 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8792 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8793 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8794 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8797 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
8798 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8800 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8802 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8804 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
8808 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8809 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8810 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8813 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
8815 return (type
== STT_FUNC
);